1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 */ 620 struct Pager { 621 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 622 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 623 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 624 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 625 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 626 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 627 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 628 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 629 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 630 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 631 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 632 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 633 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 634 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 635 636 /************************************************************************** 637 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 638 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 639 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 640 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 641 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 642 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 643 ** "configuration" of the pager. 644 */ 645 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 646 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 647 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 648 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 649 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 650 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 651 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 652 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 653 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 654 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 655 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 656 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 657 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 658 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 659 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 660 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 661 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 662 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 663 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 664 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 665 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 666 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 667 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 668 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 669 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 670 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 671 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 672 673 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 674 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 675 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 676 /* 677 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 678 ***************************************************************************/ 679 680 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 681 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 682 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 683 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 684 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ 697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 698 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 699 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 700 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 701 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 702 #endif 703 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 704 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 706 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 707 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 708 #endif 709 }; 710 711 /* 712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 715 */ 716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 719 720 /* 721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 722 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 723 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 724 */ 725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 729 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 730 #else 731 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 732 #endif 733 734 735 736 /* 737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 738 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 739 ** 740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 741 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 743 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 746 ** journal and ignore it. 747 ** 748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 752 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 756 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 758 */ 759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 760 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 761 }; 762 763 /* 764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 765 ** the following macro. 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 768 769 /* 770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 772 */ 773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 774 775 /* 776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 779 ** out code that would never execute. 780 */ 781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 782 # define MEMDB 0 783 #else 784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 785 #endif 786 787 /* 788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 790 */ 791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 793 #else 794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 795 #endif 796 797 /* 798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 799 */ 800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 801 802 /* 803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 805 ** 806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 807 ** 808 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 809 ** 810 ** instead of 811 ** 812 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 813 */ 814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 815 816 /* 817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. 818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. 819 */ 820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) 821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 822 u32 iRead = 0; 823 int rc; 824 if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; 825 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); 826 return rc || iRead; 827 } 828 #endif 829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) 831 #else 832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 837 #endif 838 839 #ifndef NDEBUG 840 /* 841 ** Usage: 842 ** 843 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 844 ** 845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 846 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 847 */ 848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 849 Pager *pPager = p; 850 851 /* State must be valid. */ 852 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 853 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 854 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 855 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 856 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 857 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 858 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 859 ); 860 861 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 862 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 863 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 864 */ 865 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 866 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 867 868 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 869 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 870 */ 871 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 872 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 873 874 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 875 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 876 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 877 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 878 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 879 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 880 ** state. 881 */ 882 if( MEMDB ){ 883 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 884 assert( p->noSync ); 885 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 886 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 887 ); 888 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 889 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 890 } 891 892 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 893 ** on the file. 894 */ 895 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 896 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 897 898 switch( p->eState ){ 899 case PAGER_OPEN: 900 assert( !MEMDB ); 901 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 902 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 903 break; 904 905 case PAGER_READER: 906 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 907 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 908 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 909 break; 910 911 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 912 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 913 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 914 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 915 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 916 } 917 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 918 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 919 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 920 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 921 break; 922 923 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 924 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 925 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 926 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 927 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 928 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 929 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 930 ** to journal_mode=wal. 931 */ 932 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 933 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 934 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 936 ); 937 } 938 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 939 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 940 break; 941 942 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 943 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 944 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 945 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 946 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 947 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 948 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 949 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 950 ); 951 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 952 break; 953 954 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 955 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 956 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 957 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 958 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 959 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 960 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 961 ); 962 break; 963 964 case PAGER_ERROR: 965 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 966 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 967 ** back to OPEN state. 968 */ 969 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 970 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 971 break; 972 } 973 974 return 1; 975 } 976 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 977 978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 979 /* 980 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 981 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 982 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 983 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 984 ** 985 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 986 */ 987 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 988 static char zRet[1024]; 989 990 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 991 "Filename: %s\n" 992 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 993 "Lock: %s\n" 994 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 995 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 996 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 997 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 998 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 999 , p->zFilename 1000 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 1001 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 1002 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 1003 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 1004 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 1005 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 1006 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 1007 , (int)p->errCode 1008 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1009 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1010 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1011 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1012 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1013 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1014 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1015 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1016 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1017 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1018 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1019 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1020 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1021 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1022 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1023 ); 1024 1025 return zRet; 1026 } 1027 #endif 1028 1029 /* Forward references to the various page getters */ 1030 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1031 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1032 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1033 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); 1034 #endif 1035 1036 /* 1037 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch 1038 ** content from the pager. 1039 */ 1040 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ 1041 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1042 pPager->xGet = getPageError; 1043 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 1044 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) 1045 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 1046 && pPager->xCodec==0 1047 #endif 1048 ){ 1049 pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; 1050 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 1051 }else{ 1052 pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; 1053 } 1054 } 1055 1056 /* 1057 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1058 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1059 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1060 ** 1061 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1062 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1063 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1064 */ 1065 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1066 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1067 PagerSavepoint *p; 1068 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1069 int i; 1070 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1071 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1072 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1073 return 1; 1074 } 1075 } 1076 return 0; 1077 } 1078 1079 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1080 /* 1081 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1082 */ 1083 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1084 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1085 } 1086 #endif 1087 1088 /* 1089 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1090 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1091 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1092 ** 1093 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1094 */ 1095 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1096 unsigned char ac[4]; 1097 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1098 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1099 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1100 } 1101 return rc; 1102 } 1103 1104 /* 1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1106 */ 1107 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1108 1109 1110 /* 1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1112 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1113 */ 1114 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1115 char ac[4]; 1116 put32bits(ac, val); 1117 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1118 } 1119 1120 /* 1121 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1122 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1123 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1124 ** 1125 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1126 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1127 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1128 */ 1129 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1130 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1131 1132 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1133 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1134 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1135 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1136 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1137 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1138 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1139 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1140 } 1141 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1142 } 1143 return rc; 1144 } 1145 1146 /* 1147 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1148 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1149 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1150 ** 1151 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1152 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1153 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1154 ** of this. 1155 */ 1156 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1157 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1158 1159 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1160 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1161 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1162 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1163 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1164 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1165 } 1166 } 1167 return rc; 1168 } 1169 1170 /* 1171 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1172 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1173 ** 1174 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1175 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1176 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1177 ** to the page size. 1178 ** 1179 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1180 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1181 ** database. 1182 ** 1183 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1184 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1185 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1186 */ 1187 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1188 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1189 assert( !MEMDB ); 1190 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1191 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1192 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1193 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1194 1195 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1196 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1197 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1198 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1199 1200 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1201 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1202 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1203 return 0; 1204 } 1205 } 1206 1207 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1208 } 1209 #else 1210 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0 1211 #endif 1212 1213 /* 1214 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1215 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1216 ** and debugging only. 1217 */ 1218 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1219 /* 1220 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1221 */ 1222 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1223 u32 hash = 0; 1224 int i; 1225 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1226 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1227 } 1228 return hash; 1229 } 1230 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1231 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1232 } 1233 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1234 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1235 } 1236 1237 /* 1238 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1239 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1240 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1241 */ 1242 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1243 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1244 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1245 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1246 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1247 } 1248 1249 #else 1250 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1251 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1252 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1253 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1254 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1255 1256 /* 1257 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1258 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1259 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1260 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1261 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1262 ** 1263 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1264 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1265 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1266 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1267 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1268 ** were present in the journal. 1269 ** 1270 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1271 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1272 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1273 ** journal file name. 1274 ** 1275 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1276 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1277 ** 1278 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1279 ** error code is returned. 1280 */ 1281 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1282 int rc; /* Return code */ 1283 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1284 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1285 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1286 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1287 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1288 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1289 1290 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1291 || szJ<16 1292 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1293 || len>=nMaster 1294 || len==0 1295 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1296 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1297 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1298 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1299 ){ 1300 return rc; 1301 } 1302 1303 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1304 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1305 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1306 } 1307 if( cksum ){ 1308 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1309 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1310 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1311 ** master-journal filename. 1312 */ 1313 len = 0; 1314 } 1315 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1316 1317 return SQLITE_OK; 1318 } 1319 1320 /* 1321 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1322 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1323 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1324 ** 1325 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1326 ** 1327 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1328 ** --------------------------------------- 1329 ** 0 0 1330 ** 512 512 1331 ** 100 512 1332 ** 2000 2048 1333 ** 1334 */ 1335 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1336 i64 offset = 0; 1337 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1338 if( c ){ 1339 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1340 } 1341 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1342 assert( offset>=c ); 1343 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1344 return offset; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1349 ** 1350 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1351 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1352 ** 1353 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1354 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1355 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1356 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1357 ** after writing or truncating it. 1358 ** 1359 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1360 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1361 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1362 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1363 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1364 ** 1365 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1366 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1367 */ 1368 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1369 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1370 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1371 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1372 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1373 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1374 1375 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1376 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1377 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1378 }else{ 1379 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1380 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1381 } 1382 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1383 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1384 } 1385 1386 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1387 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1388 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1389 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1390 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1391 */ 1392 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1393 i64 sz; 1394 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1395 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1396 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1397 } 1398 } 1399 } 1400 return rc; 1401 } 1402 1403 /* 1404 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1405 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1406 ** current location. 1407 ** 1408 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1409 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1410 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1411 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1412 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1413 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1414 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1415 ** 1416 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1417 */ 1418 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1419 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1420 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1421 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1422 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1423 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1424 1425 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1426 1427 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1428 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1429 } 1430 1431 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1432 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1433 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1434 */ 1435 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1436 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1437 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1438 } 1439 } 1440 1441 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1442 1443 /* 1444 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1445 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1446 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1447 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1448 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1449 ** 1450 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1451 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1452 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1453 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1454 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1455 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1456 ** 1457 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1458 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1459 ** 1460 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1461 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1462 */ 1463 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1464 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1465 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1466 ){ 1467 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1468 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1469 }else{ 1470 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1471 } 1472 1473 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1474 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1475 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1476 /* The initial database size */ 1477 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1478 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1479 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1480 1481 /* The page size */ 1482 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1483 1484 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1485 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1486 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1487 ** take the performance hit. 1488 */ 1489 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1490 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1491 1492 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1493 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1494 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1495 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1496 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1497 ** 1498 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1499 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1500 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1501 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1502 ** is done. 1503 ** 1504 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1505 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1506 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1507 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1508 */ 1509 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1510 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1511 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1512 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1513 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1514 } 1515 1516 return rc; 1517 } 1518 1519 /* 1520 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1521 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1522 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1523 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1524 ** a description of the journal header format. 1525 ** 1526 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1527 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1528 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1529 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1530 ** in this case. 1531 ** 1532 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1533 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1534 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1535 */ 1536 static int readJournalHdr( 1537 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1538 int isHot, 1539 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1540 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1541 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1542 ){ 1543 int rc; /* Return code */ 1544 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1545 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1546 1547 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1548 1549 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1550 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1551 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1552 */ 1553 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1554 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1555 return SQLITE_DONE; 1556 } 1557 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1558 1559 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1560 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1561 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1562 ** proceed. 1563 */ 1564 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1565 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1566 if( rc ){ 1567 return rc; 1568 } 1569 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1570 return SQLITE_DONE; 1571 } 1572 } 1573 1574 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1575 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1576 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1577 */ 1578 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1579 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1580 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1581 ){ 1582 return rc; 1583 } 1584 1585 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1586 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1587 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1588 1589 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1590 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1591 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1592 ){ 1593 return rc; 1594 } 1595 1596 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1597 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1598 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1599 */ 1600 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1601 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1602 } 1603 1604 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1605 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1606 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1607 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1608 */ 1609 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1610 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1611 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1612 ){ 1613 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1614 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1615 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1616 ** the journal file here. 1617 */ 1618 return SQLITE_DONE; 1619 } 1620 1621 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1622 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1623 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1624 */ 1625 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1626 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1627 1628 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1629 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1630 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1631 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1632 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1633 */ 1634 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1635 } 1636 1637 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1638 return rc; 1639 } 1640 1641 1642 /* 1643 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1644 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1645 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1646 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1647 ** anything is written. The format is: 1648 ** 1649 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1650 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1651 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1652 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1653 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1654 ** 1655 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1656 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1657 ** 1658 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1659 ** this call is a no-op. 1660 */ 1661 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1662 int rc; /* Return code */ 1663 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1664 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1665 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1666 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1667 1668 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1669 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1670 1671 if( !zMaster 1672 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1673 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1674 ){ 1675 return SQLITE_OK; 1676 } 1677 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1678 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1679 1680 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1681 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1682 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1683 } 1684 1685 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1686 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1687 ** the journal has already been synced. 1688 */ 1689 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1690 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1691 } 1692 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1693 1694 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1695 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1696 */ 1697 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1698 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1699 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1700 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1701 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1702 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1703 ){ 1704 return rc; 1705 } 1706 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1707 1708 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1709 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1710 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1711 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1712 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1713 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1714 ** 1715 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1716 ** file to the required size. 1717 */ 1718 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1719 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1720 ){ 1721 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1722 } 1723 return rc; 1724 } 1725 1726 /* 1727 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1728 */ 1729 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1730 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1731 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1732 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1733 } 1734 1735 /* 1736 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1737 */ 1738 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1739 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1740 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1741 } 1742 1743 /* 1744 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1745 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1746 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1747 */ 1748 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1749 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1750 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1751 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1752 } 1753 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1754 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1755 } 1756 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1757 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1758 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1759 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1760 } 1761 1762 /* 1763 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1764 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1765 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1766 */ 1767 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1768 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1769 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1770 1771 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1772 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1773 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1774 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1775 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1776 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1777 } 1778 } 1779 return rc; 1780 } 1781 1782 /* 1783 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1784 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1785 ** state. 1786 ** 1787 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1788 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1789 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1790 ** closed (if it is open). 1791 ** 1792 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1793 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1794 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1795 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1796 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1797 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1798 */ 1799 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1800 1801 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1802 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1803 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1804 ); 1805 1806 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1807 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1808 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1809 1810 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1811 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1812 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1813 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1814 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1815 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1816 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1817 1818 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1819 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1820 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1821 ** out from under us. 1822 */ 1823 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1824 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1825 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1826 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1827 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1828 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1829 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1830 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1831 ){ 1832 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1833 } 1834 1835 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1836 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1837 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1838 ** is necessary. 1839 */ 1840 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1841 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1842 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1843 } 1844 1845 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1846 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1847 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1848 */ 1849 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1850 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1851 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1852 } 1853 1854 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1855 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1856 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1857 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1858 */ 1859 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1860 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1861 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1862 pager_reset(pPager); 1863 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1864 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1865 }else{ 1866 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1867 } 1868 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1869 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1870 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1871 } 1872 1873 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1874 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1875 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1876 } 1877 1878 /* 1879 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1880 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1881 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1882 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1883 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1884 ** 1885 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1886 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1887 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1888 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1889 ** 1890 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1891 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1892 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1893 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1894 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1895 ** it were a hot-journal). 1896 */ 1897 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1898 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1899 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1900 assert( 1901 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1902 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1903 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1904 ); 1905 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1906 pPager->errCode = rc; 1907 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1908 setGetterMethod(pPager); 1909 } 1910 return rc; 1911 } 1912 1913 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1914 1915 /* 1916 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1917 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1918 ** 1919 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1920 ** 1921 ** Rules: 1922 ** 1923 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1924 ** for transactions to be durable. 1925 ** 1926 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1927 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1928 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1929 ** cache size. 1930 */ 1931 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1932 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1933 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1934 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1935 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1936 } 1937 1938 /* 1939 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1940 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1941 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1942 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1943 ** database transaction. 1944 ** 1945 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1946 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1947 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1948 ** 1949 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1950 ** 1951 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1952 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1953 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1954 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1955 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1956 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1957 ** 1958 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1959 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1960 ** in-memory journal. 1961 ** 1962 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1963 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1964 ** 1965 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1966 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1967 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1968 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1969 ** 1970 ** journalMode==DELETE 1971 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1972 ** 1973 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1974 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1975 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1976 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1977 ** 1978 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1979 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1980 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1981 ** 1982 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1983 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1984 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1985 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1986 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1987 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1988 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1989 ** returned. 1990 */ 1991 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1992 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1993 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1994 1995 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1996 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1997 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1998 ** held under two circumstances: 1999 ** 2000 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 2001 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 2002 ** 2003 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 2004 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 2005 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 2006 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 2007 */ 2008 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2009 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2010 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 2011 return SQLITE_OK; 2012 } 2013 2014 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 2015 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 2016 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 2017 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2018 2019 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 2020 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 2021 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 2022 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2023 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 2024 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 2025 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2026 }else{ 2027 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 2028 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 2029 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 2030 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 2031 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 2032 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 2033 */ 2034 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 2035 } 2036 } 2037 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2038 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2039 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2040 ){ 2041 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2042 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2043 }else{ 2044 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2045 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2046 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2047 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2048 */ 2049 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2050 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2051 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2052 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2053 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2054 ); 2055 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2056 if( bDelete ){ 2057 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2058 } 2059 } 2060 } 2061 2062 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2063 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2064 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2065 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2066 if( p ){ 2067 p->pageHash = 0; 2068 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 #endif 2072 2073 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2074 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2075 pPager->nRec = 0; 2076 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2077 if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2078 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2079 }else{ 2080 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2081 } 2082 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2083 } 2084 2085 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2086 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2087 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2088 ** lock held on the database file. 2089 */ 2090 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2091 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2092 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2093 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2094 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2095 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2096 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2097 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2098 ** required size. */ 2099 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2100 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2101 } 2102 2103 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2104 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2105 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2106 } 2107 2108 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2109 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2110 ){ 2111 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2112 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2113 } 2114 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2115 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2116 2117 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2118 } 2119 2120 /* 2121 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2122 ** database file. 2123 ** 2124 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2125 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2126 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2127 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2128 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2129 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2130 ** will roll it back. 2131 ** 2132 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2133 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2134 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2135 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2136 */ 2137 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2138 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2139 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2140 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2141 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2142 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2143 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2144 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2145 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2146 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2147 } 2148 } 2149 pager_unlock(pPager); 2150 } 2151 2152 /* 2153 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2154 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2155 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2156 ** 2157 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2158 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2159 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2160 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2161 ** 2162 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2163 ** incompatible journal file format. 2164 ** 2165 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2166 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2167 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2168 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2169 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2170 */ 2171 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2172 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2173 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2174 while( i>0 ){ 2175 cksum += aData[i]; 2176 i -= 200; 2177 } 2178 return cksum; 2179 } 2180 2181 /* 2182 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2183 ** to the codec. 2184 */ 2185 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2186 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2187 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2188 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2189 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2190 } 2191 } 2192 #else 2193 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2194 #endif 2195 2196 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2197 /* 2198 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2199 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2200 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2201 */ 2202 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2203 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2204 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2205 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2206 } 2207 } 2208 #endif 2209 2210 /* 2211 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2212 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2213 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2214 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2215 ** 2216 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2217 ** not. 2218 ** 2219 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2220 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2221 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2222 ** 2223 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2224 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2225 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2226 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2227 ** prior to returning. 2228 ** 2229 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2230 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2231 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2232 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2233 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2234 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2235 ** two circumstances: 2236 ** 2237 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2238 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2239 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2240 ** 2241 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2242 ** 2243 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2244 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2245 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2246 */ 2247 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2248 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2249 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2250 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2251 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2252 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2253 ){ 2254 int rc; 2255 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2256 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2257 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2258 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2259 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2260 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2261 2262 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2263 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2264 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2265 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2266 2267 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2268 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2269 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2270 2271 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2272 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2273 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2274 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2275 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2276 */ 2277 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2278 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2279 ); 2280 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2281 2282 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2283 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2284 */ 2285 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2286 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2287 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2288 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2289 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2290 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2291 2292 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2293 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2294 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2295 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2296 */ 2297 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2298 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2299 return SQLITE_DONE; 2300 } 2301 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2302 return SQLITE_OK; 2303 } 2304 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2305 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2306 if( rc ) return rc; 2307 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2308 return SQLITE_DONE; 2309 } 2310 } 2311 2312 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2313 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2314 */ 2315 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2316 return rc; 2317 } 2318 2319 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2320 */ 2321 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2322 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2323 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2324 } 2325 2326 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2327 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2328 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2329 ** 2330 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2331 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2332 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2333 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2334 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2335 ** assert()able. 2336 ** 2337 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2338 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2339 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2340 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2341 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2342 ** 2343 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2344 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2345 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2346 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2347 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2348 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2349 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2350 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2351 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2352 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2353 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2354 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2355 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2356 ** 2357 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2358 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2359 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2360 */ 2361 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2362 pPg = 0; 2363 }else{ 2364 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2365 } 2366 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2367 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2368 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2369 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2370 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2371 )); 2372 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2373 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2374 }else{ 2375 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2376 } 2377 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2378 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2379 && isSynced 2380 ){ 2381 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2382 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2383 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2384 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2385 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2386 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2387 } 2388 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2389 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2390 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2391 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2392 } 2393 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2394 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2395 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2396 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2397 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2398 ** current. 2399 ** 2400 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2401 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2402 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2403 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2404 ** 2405 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2406 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2407 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2408 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2409 */ 2410 assert( isSavepnt ); 2411 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2412 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2413 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2414 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2415 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2416 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2417 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2418 } 2419 if( pPg ){ 2420 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2421 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2422 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2423 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2424 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2425 */ 2426 void *pData; 2427 pData = pPg->pData; 2428 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2429 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2430 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2431 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2432 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2433 ** has been removed. */ 2434 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2435 2436 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2437 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2438 if( pgno==1 ){ 2439 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2440 } 2441 2442 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2443 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2444 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2445 } 2446 return rc; 2447 } 2448 2449 /* 2450 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2451 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2452 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2453 ** and does so if it is. 2454 ** 2455 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2456 ** available for use within this function. 2457 ** 2458 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2459 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2460 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2461 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2462 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2463 ** 2464 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2465 ** 2466 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2467 ** journals have been rolled back. 2468 ** 2469 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2470 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2471 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2472 ** 2473 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2474 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2475 ** file zMaster 2476 ** 2477 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2478 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2479 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2480 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2481 ** 2482 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2483 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2484 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2485 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2486 ** 2487 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2488 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2489 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2490 ** size. 2491 */ 2492 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2493 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2494 int rc; /* Return code */ 2495 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2496 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2497 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2498 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2499 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2500 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2501 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2502 2503 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2504 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2505 */ 2506 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2507 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2508 if( !pMaster ){ 2509 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2510 }else{ 2511 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2512 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2513 } 2514 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2515 2516 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2517 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2518 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2519 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2520 */ 2521 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2522 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2523 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2524 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2525 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2526 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2527 goto delmaster_out; 2528 } 2529 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2530 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2531 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2532 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2533 2534 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2535 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2536 int exists; 2537 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2538 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2539 goto delmaster_out; 2540 } 2541 if( exists ){ 2542 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2543 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2544 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2545 */ 2546 int c; 2547 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2548 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2549 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2550 goto delmaster_out; 2551 } 2552 2553 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2554 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2555 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2556 goto delmaster_out; 2557 } 2558 2559 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2560 if( c ){ 2561 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2562 goto delmaster_out; 2563 } 2564 } 2565 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2566 } 2567 2568 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2569 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2570 2571 delmaster_out: 2572 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2573 if( pMaster ){ 2574 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2575 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2576 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2577 } 2578 return rc; 2579 } 2580 2581 2582 /* 2583 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2584 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2585 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2586 ** 2587 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2588 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2589 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2590 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2591 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2592 ** 2593 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2594 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2595 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2596 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2597 ** the end of the new file instead. 2598 ** 2599 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2600 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2601 */ 2602 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2603 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2604 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2605 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2606 2607 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2608 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2609 ){ 2610 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2611 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2612 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2613 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2614 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2615 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2616 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2617 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2618 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2619 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2620 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2621 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2622 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2623 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2624 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2625 } 2626 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2627 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2628 } 2629 } 2630 } 2631 return rc; 2632 } 2633 2634 /* 2635 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2636 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2637 */ 2638 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2639 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2640 if( iRet<32 ){ 2641 iRet = 512; 2642 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2643 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2644 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2645 } 2646 return iRet; 2647 } 2648 2649 /* 2650 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2651 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2652 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2653 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2654 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2655 ** 2656 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2657 ** 2658 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2659 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2660 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2661 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2662 ** 2663 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2664 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2665 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2666 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2667 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2668 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2669 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2670 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2671 */ 2672 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2673 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2674 2675 if( pPager->tempFile 2676 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2677 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2678 ){ 2679 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2680 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2681 ** call will segfault. */ 2682 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2683 }else{ 2684 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2685 } 2686 } 2687 2688 /* 2689 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2690 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2691 ** 2692 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2693 ** 2694 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2695 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2696 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2697 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2698 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2699 ** sanity checksum. 2700 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2701 ** database to during a rollback. 2702 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2703 ** is this many bytes in size. 2704 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2705 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2706 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2707 ** + 4 byte page number. 2708 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2709 ** + 4 byte checksum 2710 ** 2711 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2712 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2713 ** 2714 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2715 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2716 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2717 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2718 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2719 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2720 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2721 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2722 ** 2723 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2724 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2725 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2726 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2727 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2728 ** 2729 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2730 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2731 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2732 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2733 ** been encountered. 2734 ** 2735 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2736 ** and an error code is returned. 2737 ** 2738 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2739 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2740 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2741 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2742 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2743 ** needed. 2744 */ 2745 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2746 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2747 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2748 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2749 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2750 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2751 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2752 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2753 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2754 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2755 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2756 2757 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2758 ** the journal is empty. 2759 */ 2760 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2761 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2762 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2763 goto end_playback; 2764 } 2765 2766 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2767 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2768 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2769 ** played back. 2770 ** 2771 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2772 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2773 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2774 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2775 ** for pageSize. 2776 */ 2777 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2778 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2779 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2780 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2781 } 2782 zMaster = 0; 2783 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2784 goto end_playback; 2785 } 2786 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2787 needPagerReset = isHot; 2788 2789 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2790 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2791 ** occurs. 2792 */ 2793 while( 1 ){ 2794 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2795 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2796 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2797 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2798 */ 2799 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2800 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2801 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2802 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2803 } 2804 goto end_playback; 2805 } 2806 2807 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2808 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2809 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2810 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2811 */ 2812 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2813 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2814 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2815 } 2816 2817 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2818 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2819 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2820 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2821 ** size of the file. 2822 ** 2823 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2824 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2825 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2826 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2827 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2828 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2829 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2830 */ 2831 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2832 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2833 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2834 } 2835 2836 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2837 ** database file back to its original size. 2838 */ 2839 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2840 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2841 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2842 goto end_playback; 2843 } 2844 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2845 } 2846 2847 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2848 ** database file and/or page cache. 2849 */ 2850 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2851 if( needPagerReset ){ 2852 pager_reset(pPager); 2853 needPagerReset = 0; 2854 } 2855 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2856 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2857 nPlayback++; 2858 }else{ 2859 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2860 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2861 break; 2862 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2863 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2864 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2865 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2866 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2867 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2868 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2869 goto end_playback; 2870 }else{ 2871 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2872 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2873 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2874 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2875 */ 2876 goto end_playback; 2877 } 2878 } 2879 } 2880 } 2881 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2882 assert( 0 ); 2883 2884 end_playback: 2885 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2886 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2887 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2888 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2889 */ 2890 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2891 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2892 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2893 } 2894 #endif 2895 2896 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2897 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2898 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2899 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2900 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2901 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2902 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2903 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2904 */ 2905 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2906 2907 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2908 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2909 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2910 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2911 } 2912 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2913 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2914 ){ 2915 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2916 } 2917 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2918 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2919 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2920 } 2921 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2922 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2923 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2924 */ 2925 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2926 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2927 } 2928 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2929 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2930 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2931 } 2932 2933 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2934 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2935 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2936 */ 2937 setSectorSize(pPager); 2938 return rc; 2939 } 2940 2941 2942 /* 2943 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2944 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2945 ** file before this function is called. 2946 ** 2947 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2948 ** the value read from the database file. 2949 ** 2950 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2951 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2952 */ 2953 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2954 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2955 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2956 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2957 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2958 2959 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2960 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2961 2962 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2963 if( iFrame ){ 2964 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2965 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2966 }else 2967 #endif 2968 { 2969 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2970 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2971 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2972 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 if( pgno==1 ){ 2977 if( rc ){ 2978 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2979 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2980 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2981 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2982 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2983 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2984 ** 2985 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2986 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2987 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2988 ** we should still be ok. 2989 */ 2990 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2991 }else{ 2992 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2993 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2994 } 2995 } 2996 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2997 2998 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2999 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 3000 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 3001 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 3002 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 3003 3004 return rc; 3005 } 3006 3007 /* 3008 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 3009 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 3010 ** 3011 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 3012 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 3013 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 3014 */ 3015 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 3016 u32 change_counter; 3017 3018 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 3019 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 3020 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 3021 3022 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 3023 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 3024 ** is valid. */ 3025 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 3026 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 3027 } 3028 3029 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3030 /* 3031 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 3032 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 3033 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 3034 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 3035 ** 3036 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3037 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3038 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3039 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3040 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3041 */ 3042 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3043 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3044 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3045 PgHdr *pPg; 3046 3047 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3048 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3049 if( pPg ){ 3050 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3051 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3052 }else{ 3053 u32 iFrame = 0; 3054 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3056 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3057 } 3058 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3059 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3060 } 3061 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 3065 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3066 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3067 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3068 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3069 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3070 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3071 ** the backups must be restarted. 3072 */ 3073 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3074 3075 return rc; 3076 } 3077 3078 /* 3079 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3080 */ 3081 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3082 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3083 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3084 3085 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3086 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3087 ** following: 3088 ** 3089 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3090 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3091 */ 3092 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3093 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3094 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3095 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3096 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3097 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3098 pList = pNext; 3099 } 3100 3101 return rc; 3102 } 3103 3104 /* 3105 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3106 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3107 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3108 ** changed. 3109 ** 3110 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3111 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3112 */ 3113 static int pagerWalFrames( 3114 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3115 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3116 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3117 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3118 ){ 3119 int rc; /* Return code */ 3120 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3121 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3122 3123 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3124 assert( pList ); 3125 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3126 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3127 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3128 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3129 } 3130 #endif 3131 3132 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3133 if( isCommit ){ 3134 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3135 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3136 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3137 ** list here. */ 3138 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3139 nList = 0; 3140 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3141 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3142 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3143 nList++; 3144 } 3145 } 3146 assert( pList ); 3147 }else{ 3148 nList = 1; 3149 } 3150 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3151 3152 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3153 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3154 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3155 ); 3156 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3157 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3158 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3159 } 3160 } 3161 3162 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3163 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3164 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3165 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3166 } 3167 #endif 3168 3169 return rc; 3170 } 3171 3172 /* 3173 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3174 ** 3175 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3176 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3177 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3178 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3179 */ 3180 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3181 int rc; /* Return code */ 3182 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3183 3184 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3185 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3186 3187 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3188 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3189 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3190 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3191 */ 3192 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3193 3194 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3196 pager_reset(pPager); 3197 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3198 } 3199 3200 return rc; 3201 } 3202 #endif 3203 3204 /* 3205 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3206 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3207 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3208 ** 3209 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3210 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3211 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3212 */ 3213 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3214 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3215 3216 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3217 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3218 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3219 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3220 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3221 */ 3222 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3223 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3224 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3225 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3226 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3227 3228 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3229 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3230 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3231 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3232 */ 3233 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3234 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3235 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3236 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3237 return rc; 3238 } 3239 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3240 } 3241 3242 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3243 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3244 ** that the file can be read. 3245 */ 3246 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3247 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3248 } 3249 3250 *pnPage = nPage; 3251 return SQLITE_OK; 3252 } 3253 3254 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3255 /* 3256 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3257 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3258 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3259 ** 3260 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3261 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3262 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3263 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3264 ** 3265 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3266 ** 3267 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3268 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3269 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3270 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3271 ** other connection. 3272 */ 3273 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3274 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3275 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3276 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3277 3278 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3279 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3280 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3281 3282 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3283 if( rc ) return rc; 3284 if( nPage==0 ){ 3285 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3286 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3287 isWal = 0; 3288 }else{ 3289 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3290 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3291 ); 3292 } 3293 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3294 if( isWal ){ 3295 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3296 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3297 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3298 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3299 } 3300 } 3301 } 3302 return rc; 3303 } 3304 #endif 3305 3306 /* 3307 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3308 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3309 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3310 ** savepoint. 3311 ** 3312 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3313 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3314 ** performed in the order specified: 3315 ** 3316 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3317 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3318 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3319 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3320 ** 3321 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3322 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3323 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3324 ** 3325 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3326 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3327 ** the journal file. 3328 ** 3329 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3330 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3331 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3332 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3333 ** 3334 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3335 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3336 ** 3337 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3338 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3339 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3340 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3341 */ 3342 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3343 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3344 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3345 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3346 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3347 3348 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3349 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3350 3351 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3352 if( pSavepoint ){ 3353 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3354 if( !pDone ){ 3355 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3356 } 3357 } 3358 3359 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3360 ** being reverted was opened. 3361 */ 3362 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3363 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3364 3365 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3366 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3367 } 3368 3369 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3370 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3371 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3372 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3373 */ 3374 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3375 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3376 3377 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3378 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3379 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3380 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3381 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3382 ** are played back. 3383 */ 3384 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3385 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3386 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3387 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3388 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3389 } 3390 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3391 }else{ 3392 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3393 } 3394 3395 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3396 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3397 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3398 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3399 */ 3400 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3401 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3402 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3403 u32 dummy; 3404 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3405 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3406 3407 /* 3408 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3409 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3410 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3411 */ 3412 if( nJRec==0 3413 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3414 ){ 3415 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3416 } 3417 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3418 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3419 } 3420 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3421 } 3422 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3423 3424 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3425 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3426 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3427 */ 3428 if( pSavepoint ){ 3429 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3430 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3431 3432 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3433 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3434 } 3435 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3436 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3437 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3438 } 3439 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3440 } 3441 3442 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3443 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3444 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3445 } 3446 3447 return rc; 3448 } 3449 3450 /* 3451 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3452 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3453 */ 3454 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3455 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3456 } 3457 3458 /* 3459 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3460 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3461 */ 3462 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3463 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3464 } 3465 3466 /* 3467 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3468 */ 3469 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3470 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3471 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3472 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3473 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3474 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3475 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3476 setGetterMethod(pPager); 3477 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3478 } 3479 #endif 3480 } 3481 3482 /* 3483 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3484 */ 3485 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3486 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3487 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3488 } 3489 3490 /* 3491 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3492 */ 3493 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3494 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3495 } 3496 3497 /* 3498 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3499 ** 3500 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3501 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3502 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3503 ** There are four levels: 3504 ** 3505 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3506 ** for temporary and transient files. 3507 ** 3508 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3509 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3510 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3511 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3512 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3513 ** when it is rolled back. 3514 ** 3515 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3516 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3517 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3518 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3519 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3520 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3521 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3522 ** 3523 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3524 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3525 ** journal is unlinked. 3526 ** 3527 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3528 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3529 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3530 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3531 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3532 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3533 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3534 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3535 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3536 ** 3537 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3538 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3539 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3540 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3541 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3542 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3543 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3544 ** 3545 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3546 ** and FULL=3. 3547 */ 3548 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3549 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3550 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3551 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3552 ){ 3553 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3554 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3555 pPager->noSync = 1; 3556 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3557 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3558 }else{ 3559 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3560 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3561 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3562 } 3563 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3564 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3565 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3566 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3567 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3568 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3569 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3570 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3571 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3572 }else{ 3573 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3574 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3575 } 3576 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3577 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3578 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3579 } 3580 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3581 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3582 }else{ 3583 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3584 } 3585 } 3586 #endif 3587 3588 /* 3589 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3590 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3591 ** testing and analysis only. 3592 */ 3593 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3594 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3595 #endif 3596 3597 /* 3598 ** Open a temporary file. 3599 ** 3600 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3601 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3602 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3603 ** 3604 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3605 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3606 ** 3607 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3608 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3609 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3610 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3611 */ 3612 static int pagerOpentemp( 3613 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3614 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3615 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3616 ){ 3617 int rc; /* Return code */ 3618 3619 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3620 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3621 #endif 3622 3623 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3624 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3625 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3626 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3627 return rc; 3628 } 3629 3630 /* 3631 ** Set the busy handler function. 3632 ** 3633 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3634 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3635 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3636 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3637 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3638 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3639 ** 3640 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3641 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3642 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3643 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3644 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3645 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3646 ** 3647 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3648 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3649 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3650 */ 3651 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3652 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3653 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3654 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3655 ){ 3656 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3657 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3658 3659 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3660 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3661 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3662 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3663 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3664 } 3665 } 3666 3667 /* 3668 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3669 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3670 ** 3671 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3672 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3673 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3674 ** 3675 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3676 ** 3677 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3678 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3679 ** 3680 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3681 ** 3682 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3683 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3684 ** 3685 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3686 ** 3687 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3688 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3689 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3690 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3691 ** 3692 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3693 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3694 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3695 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3696 */ 3697 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3698 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3699 3700 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3701 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3702 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3703 ** 3704 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3705 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3706 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3707 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3708 */ 3709 3710 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3711 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3712 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3713 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3714 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3715 ){ 3716 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3717 i64 nByte = 0; 3718 3719 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3720 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3721 } 3722 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3723 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3724 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3725 } 3726 3727 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3728 pager_reset(pPager); 3729 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3730 } 3731 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3732 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3733 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3734 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3735 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3736 }else{ 3737 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3738 } 3739 } 3740 3741 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3742 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3743 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3744 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3745 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3746 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3747 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3748 } 3749 return rc; 3750 } 3751 3752 /* 3753 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3754 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3755 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3756 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3757 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3758 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3759 */ 3760 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3761 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3762 } 3763 3764 /* 3765 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3766 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3767 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3768 ** 3769 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3770 */ 3771 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3772 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3773 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3774 } 3775 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3776 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3777 return pPager->mxPgno; 3778 } 3779 3780 /* 3781 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3782 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3783 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3784 ** 3785 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3786 ** and generate no code. 3787 */ 3788 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3789 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3790 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3791 static int saved_cnt; 3792 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3793 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3794 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3795 } 3796 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3797 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3798 } 3799 #else 3800 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3801 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3802 #endif 3803 3804 /* 3805 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3806 ** that pDest points to. 3807 ** 3808 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3809 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3810 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3811 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3812 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3813 ** 3814 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3815 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3816 ** output buffer undefined. 3817 */ 3818 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3819 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3820 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3821 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3822 3823 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3824 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3825 ** to WAL mode yet. 3826 */ 3827 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3828 3829 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3830 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3831 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3832 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3833 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3834 } 3835 } 3836 return rc; 3837 } 3838 3839 /* 3840 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3841 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3842 ** 3843 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3844 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3845 */ 3846 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3847 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3848 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3849 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3850 } 3851 3852 3853 /* 3854 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3855 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3856 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3857 ** 3858 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3859 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3860 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3861 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3862 ** 3863 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3864 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3865 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3866 */ 3867 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3868 int rc; /* Return code */ 3869 3870 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3871 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3872 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3873 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3874 */ 3875 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3876 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3877 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3878 ); 3879 3880 do { 3881 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3882 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3883 return rc; 3884 } 3885 3886 /* 3887 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3888 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3889 ** 3890 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3891 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3892 ** 3893 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3894 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3895 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3896 ** 3897 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3898 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3899 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3900 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3901 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3902 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3903 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3904 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3905 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3906 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3907 */ 3908 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3909 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3910 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3911 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3912 } 3913 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3914 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3915 } 3916 #else 3917 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3918 #endif 3919 3920 /* 3921 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3922 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3923 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3924 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3925 ** 3926 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3927 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3928 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3929 ** then continue writing to the database. 3930 */ 3931 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3932 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3933 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3934 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3935 3936 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3937 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3938 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3939 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3940 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3941 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3942 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3943 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3944 ** is no longer correct. */ 3945 } 3946 3947 3948 /* 3949 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3950 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3951 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3952 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3953 ** 3954 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3955 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3956 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3957 ** content as this process. 3958 ** 3959 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3960 ** an SQLite error code. 3961 */ 3962 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3963 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3964 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3965 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3966 } 3967 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3968 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3969 } 3970 return rc; 3971 } 3972 3973 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3974 /* 3975 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3976 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3977 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3978 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3979 ** *ppPage to zero. 3980 ** 3981 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3982 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3983 */ 3984 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3985 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3986 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3987 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3988 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3989 ){ 3990 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3991 3992 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3993 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3994 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3995 p->pDirty = 0; 3996 assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); 3997 memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); 3998 }else{ 3999 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 4000 if( p==0 ){ 4001 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 4002 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4003 } 4004 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 4005 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 4006 p->nRef = 1; 4007 p->pPager = pPager; 4008 } 4009 4010 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 4011 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 4012 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 4013 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 4014 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 4015 4016 p->pgno = pgno; 4017 p->pData = pData; 4018 pPager->nMmapOut++; 4019 4020 return SQLITE_OK; 4021 } 4022 #endif 4023 4024 /* 4025 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 4026 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 4027 */ 4028 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4029 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4030 pPager->nMmapOut--; 4031 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 4032 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 4033 4034 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 4035 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 4036 } 4037 4038 /* 4039 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 4040 */ 4041 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4042 PgHdr *p; 4043 PgHdr *pNext; 4044 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4045 pNext = p->pDirty; 4046 sqlite3_free(p); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 4050 4051 /* 4052 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4053 ** 4054 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4055 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4056 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4057 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4058 ** result in a coredump. 4059 ** 4060 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4061 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4062 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4063 ** to the caller. 4064 */ 4065 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 4066 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4067 4068 assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 4069 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4070 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4071 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4072 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4073 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4074 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4075 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4076 assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); 4077 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, 4078 (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp) 4079 ); 4080 pPager->pWal = 0; 4081 #endif 4082 pager_reset(pPager); 4083 if( MEMDB ){ 4084 pager_unlock(pPager); 4085 }else{ 4086 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4087 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4088 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4089 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4090 ** 4091 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4092 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4093 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4094 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4095 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4096 */ 4097 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4098 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4099 } 4100 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4101 } 4102 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4103 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4104 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4105 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4106 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4107 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4108 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4109 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4110 4111 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4112 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4113 #endif 4114 4115 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4116 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4117 4118 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4119 return SQLITE_OK; 4120 } 4121 4122 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4123 /* 4124 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4125 */ 4126 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4127 return pPg->pgno; 4128 } 4129 #endif 4130 4131 /* 4132 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4133 */ 4134 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4135 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4136 } 4137 4138 /* 4139 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4140 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4141 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4142 ** 4143 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4144 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4145 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4146 ** 4147 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4148 ** be taken. 4149 ** 4150 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4151 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4152 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4153 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4154 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4155 ** 4156 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4157 ** journal file is synced. 4158 ** 4159 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4160 ** 4161 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4162 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4163 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4164 ** <update nRec field> 4165 ** } 4166 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4167 ** } 4168 ** 4169 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4170 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4171 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4172 */ 4173 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4174 int rc; /* Return code */ 4175 4176 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4177 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4178 ); 4179 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4180 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4181 4182 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4183 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4184 4185 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4186 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4187 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4188 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4189 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4190 4191 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4192 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4193 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4194 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4195 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4196 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4197 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4198 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4199 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4200 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4201 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4202 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4203 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4204 ** 4205 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4206 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4207 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4208 ** 4209 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4210 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4211 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4212 ** the potential journal header. 4213 */ 4214 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4215 u8 aMagic[8]; 4216 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4217 4218 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4219 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4220 4221 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4222 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4223 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4224 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4225 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4226 } 4227 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4228 return rc; 4229 } 4230 4231 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4232 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4233 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4234 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4235 ** 4236 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4237 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4238 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4239 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4240 ** and never needs to be updated. 4241 */ 4242 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4243 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4244 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4245 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4246 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4247 } 4248 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4249 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4250 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4251 ); 4252 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4253 } 4254 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4255 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4256 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4257 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4258 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4259 ); 4260 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4261 } 4262 4263 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4264 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4265 pPager->nRec = 0; 4266 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4267 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4268 } 4269 }else{ 4270 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4271 } 4272 } 4273 4274 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4275 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4276 ** all pages. 4277 */ 4278 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4279 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4280 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4281 return SQLITE_OK; 4282 } 4283 4284 /* 4285 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4286 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4287 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4288 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4289 ** a no-op. 4290 ** 4291 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4292 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4293 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4294 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4295 ** 4296 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4297 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4298 ** written out. 4299 ** 4300 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4301 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4302 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4303 ** 4304 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4305 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4306 ** 4307 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4308 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4309 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4310 ** the database file. 4311 ** 4312 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4313 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4314 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4315 */ 4316 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4317 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4318 4319 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4320 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4321 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4322 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4323 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4324 4325 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4326 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4327 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4328 */ 4329 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4330 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4331 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4332 } 4333 4334 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4335 ** file size will be. 4336 */ 4337 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4338 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4339 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4340 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4341 ){ 4342 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4343 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4344 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4345 } 4346 4347 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4348 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4349 4350 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4351 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4352 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4353 ** any such pages to the file. 4354 ** 4355 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4356 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4357 */ 4358 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4359 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4360 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4361 4362 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4363 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4364 4365 /* Encode the database */ 4366 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4367 4368 /* Write out the page data. */ 4369 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4370 4371 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4372 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4373 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4374 */ 4375 if( pgno==1 ){ 4376 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4377 } 4378 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4379 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4380 } 4381 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4382 4383 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4384 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4385 4386 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4387 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4388 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4389 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4390 }else{ 4391 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4392 } 4393 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4394 pList = pList->pDirty; 4395 } 4396 4397 return rc; 4398 } 4399 4400 /* 4401 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4402 ** function is a no-op. 4403 ** 4404 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4405 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4406 ** fails. 4407 */ 4408 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4409 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4410 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4411 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4412 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4413 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4414 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4415 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4416 nStmtSpill = -1; 4417 } 4418 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4419 } 4420 return rc; 4421 } 4422 4423 /* 4424 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4425 ** 4426 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4427 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4428 ** 4429 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4430 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4431 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4432 ** bitvec. 4433 */ 4434 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4435 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4436 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4437 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4438 4439 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4440 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4441 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4442 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4443 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4444 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4445 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4446 ); 4447 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4448 4449 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4450 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4451 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4452 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4453 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4454 char *pData2; 4455 4456 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4457 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4458 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4459 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4460 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4461 } 4462 } 4463 } 4464 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4465 pPager->nSubRec++; 4466 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4467 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4468 } 4469 return rc; 4470 } 4471 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4472 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4473 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4474 }else{ 4475 return SQLITE_OK; 4476 } 4477 } 4478 4479 /* 4480 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4481 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4482 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4483 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4484 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4485 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4486 ** argument. 4487 ** 4488 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4489 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4490 ** journal file. 4491 ** 4492 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4493 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4494 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4495 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4496 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4497 */ 4498 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4499 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4500 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4501 4502 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4503 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4504 4505 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4506 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4507 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4508 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4509 ** 4510 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4511 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4512 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4513 ** 4514 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4515 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4516 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4517 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4518 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4519 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4520 */ 4521 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4522 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4523 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4524 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4525 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4526 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4527 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4528 ){ 4529 return SQLITE_OK; 4530 } 4531 4532 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4533 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4534 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4535 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4536 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4537 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4538 } 4539 }else{ 4540 4541 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4542 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4543 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4544 ){ 4545 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4546 } 4547 4548 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4549 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4550 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4551 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4552 } 4553 } 4554 4555 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4556 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4557 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4558 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4559 } 4560 4561 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4562 } 4563 4564 /* 4565 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4566 */ 4567 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4568 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4569 if( !MEMDB ){ 4570 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4571 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4572 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4573 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4574 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4575 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4576 } 4577 pList = pNext; 4578 } 4579 } 4580 4581 return rc; 4582 } 4583 4584 /* 4585 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4586 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4587 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4588 ** 4589 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4590 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4591 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4592 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4593 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4594 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4595 ** 4596 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4597 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4598 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the 4599 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. 4600 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) 4601 ** 4602 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4603 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4604 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4605 ** 4606 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4607 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4608 ** 4609 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4610 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4611 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4612 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4613 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4614 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4615 */ 4616 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4617 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4618 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4619 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4620 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4621 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4622 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4623 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4624 ){ 4625 u8 *pPtr; 4626 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4627 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4628 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4629 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4630 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4631 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4632 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4633 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4634 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4635 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4636 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4637 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4638 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4639 4640 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4641 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4642 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4643 4644 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4645 *ppPager = 0; 4646 4647 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4648 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4649 memDb = 1; 4650 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4651 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4652 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4653 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4654 zFilename = 0; 4655 } 4656 } 4657 #endif 4658 4659 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4660 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4661 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4662 */ 4663 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4664 const char *z; 4665 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4666 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4667 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4668 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4669 } 4670 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4671 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4672 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4673 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4674 while( *z ){ 4675 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4676 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4677 } 4678 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4679 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4680 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4681 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4682 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4683 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4684 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4685 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4686 */ 4687 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4688 } 4689 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4690 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4691 return rc; 4692 } 4693 } 4694 4695 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4696 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4697 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4698 ** 4699 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4700 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4701 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4702 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4703 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4704 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4705 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4706 */ 4707 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4708 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4709 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4710 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4711 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4712 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4713 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4714 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4715 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4716 #endif 4717 ); 4718 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4719 if( !pPtr ){ 4720 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4721 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4722 } 4723 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4724 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4725 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4726 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4727 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4728 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4729 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4730 4731 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4732 if( zPathname ){ 4733 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4734 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4735 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4736 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4737 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4738 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4739 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4740 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4741 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4742 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4743 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4744 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4745 #endif 4746 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4747 } 4748 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4749 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4750 4751 /* Open the pager file. 4752 */ 4753 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4754 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4755 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4756 assert( !memDb ); 4757 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4758 4759 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4760 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4761 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4762 ** 4763 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4764 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4765 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4766 */ 4767 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4768 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4769 if( !readOnly ){ 4770 setSectorSize(pPager); 4771 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4772 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4773 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4774 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4775 }else{ 4776 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4777 } 4778 } 4779 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4780 { 4781 int ii; 4782 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4783 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4784 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4785 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4786 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4787 szPageDflt = ii; 4788 } 4789 } 4790 } 4791 #endif 4792 } 4793 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4794 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4795 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4796 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4797 goto act_like_temp_file; 4798 } 4799 } 4800 }else{ 4801 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4802 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4803 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4804 ** 4805 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4806 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4807 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4808 ** 4809 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4810 */ 4811 act_like_temp_file: 4812 tempFile = 1; 4813 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4814 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4815 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4816 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4817 } 4818 4819 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4820 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4821 */ 4822 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4823 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4824 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4825 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4826 } 4827 4828 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4829 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4830 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4831 assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); 4832 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4833 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4834 } 4835 4836 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4837 */ 4838 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4839 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4840 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4841 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4842 return rc; 4843 } 4844 4845 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4846 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4847 4848 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4849 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4850 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4851 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4852 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4853 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4854 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4855 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4856 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4857 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4858 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4859 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4860 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4861 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4862 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4863 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4864 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4865 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4866 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4867 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4868 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4869 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4870 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4871 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4872 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4873 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4874 }else{ 4875 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4876 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4877 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4878 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4879 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4880 } 4881 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4882 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4883 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4884 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4885 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4886 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4887 setSectorSize(pPager); 4888 if( !useJournal ){ 4889 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4890 }else if( memDb ){ 4891 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4892 } 4893 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4894 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4895 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4896 setGetterMethod(pPager); 4897 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4898 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4899 4900 *ppPager = pPager; 4901 return SQLITE_OK; 4902 } 4903 4904 4905 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4906 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4907 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4908 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4909 */ 4910 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4911 int bHasMoved = 0; 4912 int rc; 4913 4914 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4915 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4916 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4917 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4918 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4919 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4920 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4921 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4922 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4923 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4924 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4925 } 4926 return rc; 4927 } 4928 4929 4930 /* 4931 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4932 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4933 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4934 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4935 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4936 ** 4937 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4938 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4939 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4940 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4941 ** 4942 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4943 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4944 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4945 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4946 ** is returned. 4947 ** 4948 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4949 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4950 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4951 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4952 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4953 ** will not roll it back. 4954 ** 4955 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4956 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4957 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4958 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4959 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4960 */ 4961 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4962 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4963 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4964 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4965 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4966 4967 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4968 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4969 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4970 4971 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4972 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4973 )); 4974 4975 *pExists = 0; 4976 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4977 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4978 } 4979 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4980 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4981 4982 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4983 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4984 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4985 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4986 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4987 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4988 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4989 */ 4990 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4991 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4992 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4993 4994 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 4995 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4996 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4997 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4998 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4999 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 5000 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 5001 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 5002 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 5003 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 5004 */ 5005 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 5006 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5007 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 5008 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 5009 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5010 } 5011 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5012 }else{ 5013 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 5014 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 5015 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 5016 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 5017 ** it can be ignored. 5018 */ 5019 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5020 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5021 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 5022 } 5023 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5024 u8 first = 0; 5025 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 5026 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5027 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5028 } 5029 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 5030 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5031 } 5032 *pExists = (first!=0); 5033 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 5034 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 5035 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 5036 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 5037 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 5038 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 5039 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 5040 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 5041 ** worry so much with race conditions. 5042 */ 5043 *pExists = 1; 5044 rc = SQLITE_OK; 5045 } 5046 } 5047 } 5048 } 5049 } 5050 5051 return rc; 5052 } 5053 5054 /* 5055 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5056 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5057 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5058 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5059 ** 5060 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5061 ** 5062 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5063 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5064 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5065 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5066 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5067 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5068 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5069 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5070 ** 5071 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5072 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5073 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5074 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5075 ** file. 5076 ** 5077 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5078 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5079 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5080 */ 5081 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5082 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5083 5084 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5085 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5086 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5087 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5088 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5089 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5090 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5091 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5092 5093 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5094 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5095 5096 assert( !MEMDB ); 5097 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5098 5099 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5100 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5101 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5102 goto failed; 5103 } 5104 5105 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5106 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5107 */ 5108 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5109 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5110 } 5111 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5112 goto failed; 5113 } 5114 if( bHotJournal ){ 5115 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5116 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5117 goto failed; 5118 } 5119 5120 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5121 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5122 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5123 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5124 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5125 ** hot-journal back. 5126 ** 5127 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5128 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5129 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5130 ** on the database file. 5131 ** 5132 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5133 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5134 */ 5135 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5136 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5137 goto failed; 5138 } 5139 5140 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5141 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5142 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5143 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5144 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5145 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5146 ** 5147 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5148 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5149 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5150 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5151 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5152 */ 5153 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5154 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5155 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5156 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5157 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5158 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5159 int fout = 0; 5160 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5161 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5162 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5163 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5164 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5165 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5166 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5167 } 5168 } 5169 } 5170 5171 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5172 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5173 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5174 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5175 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5176 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5177 ** the journal before playing it back. 5178 */ 5179 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5180 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5181 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5182 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5183 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5184 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5185 } 5186 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5187 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5188 } 5189 5190 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5191 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5192 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5193 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5194 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5195 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5196 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5197 ** 5198 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5199 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5200 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5201 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5202 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5203 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5204 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5205 ** references. 5206 */ 5207 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5208 goto failed; 5209 } 5210 5211 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5212 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5213 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5214 ); 5215 } 5216 5217 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5218 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5219 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5220 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5221 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5222 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5223 ** 5224 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5225 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5226 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5227 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5228 ** a codec is in use. 5229 ** 5230 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5231 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5232 ** it can be neglected. 5233 */ 5234 Pgno nPage = 0; 5235 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5236 5237 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5238 if( rc ) goto failed; 5239 5240 if( nPage>0 ){ 5241 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5242 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5243 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5244 goto failed; 5245 } 5246 }else{ 5247 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5248 } 5249 5250 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5251 pager_reset(pPager); 5252 5253 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5254 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5255 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5256 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5257 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5258 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5259 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5260 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5261 } 5262 } 5263 } 5264 5265 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5266 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5267 */ 5268 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5269 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5270 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5271 #endif 5272 } 5273 5274 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5275 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5276 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5277 } 5278 5279 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5280 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5281 } 5282 5283 failed: 5284 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5285 assert( !MEMDB ); 5286 pager_unlock(pPager); 5287 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5288 }else{ 5289 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5290 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5291 } 5292 return rc; 5293 } 5294 5295 /* 5296 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5297 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5298 ** 5299 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5300 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5301 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5302 */ 5303 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5304 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5305 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5306 } 5307 } 5308 5309 /* 5310 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a 5311 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is 5312 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5313 ** 5314 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending 5315 ** on the current state of the pager. 5316 ** 5317 ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter 5318 ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state 5319 ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled 5320 ** 5321 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5322 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5323 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5324 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5325 ** object with no outstanding references. 5326 ** 5327 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5328 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5329 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5330 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5331 ** 5332 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if 5333 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the 5334 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5335 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5336 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5337 ** 5338 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about 5339 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5340 ** 5341 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5342 ** 5343 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5344 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5345 ** from the savepoint journal. 5346 ** 5347 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead 5348 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5349 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5350 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5351 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5352 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5353 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5354 ** 5355 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5356 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5357 ** 5358 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5359 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5360 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5361 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5362 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5363 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5364 ** or journal files. 5365 */ 5366 static int getPageNormal( 5367 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5368 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5369 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5370 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5371 ){ 5372 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5373 PgHdr *pPg; 5374 u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ 5375 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5376 5377 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5378 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5379 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5380 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5381 5382 if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5383 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5384 if( pBase==0 ){ 5385 pPg = 0; 5386 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5387 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5388 if( pBase==0 ){ 5389 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5390 goto pager_acquire_err; 5391 } 5392 } 5393 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5394 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5395 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5396 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5397 5398 noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; 5399 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5400 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5401 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5402 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5403 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5404 return SQLITE_OK; 5405 5406 }else{ 5407 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5408 ** be initialized. But first some error checks: 5409 ** 5410 ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 5411 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page 5412 */ 5413 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5414 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5415 goto pager_acquire_err; 5416 } 5417 5418 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5419 5420 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5421 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5422 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5423 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5424 goto pager_acquire_err; 5425 } 5426 if( noContent ){ 5427 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5428 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5429 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5430 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5431 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5432 */ 5433 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5434 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5435 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5436 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5437 } 5438 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5439 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5440 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5441 } 5442 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5443 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5444 }else{ 5445 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5446 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5447 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5448 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5449 } 5450 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5451 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5452 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5453 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5454 goto pager_acquire_err; 5455 } 5456 } 5457 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5458 } 5459 return SQLITE_OK; 5460 5461 pager_acquire_err: 5462 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5463 if( pPg ){ 5464 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5465 } 5466 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5467 *ppPage = 0; 5468 return rc; 5469 } 5470 5471 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 5472 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ 5473 static int getPageMMap( 5474 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5475 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5476 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5477 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5478 ){ 5479 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5480 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5481 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5482 5483 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5484 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5485 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5486 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5487 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 5488 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5489 ); 5490 5491 assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); 5492 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5493 assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); 5494 #endif 5495 5496 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5497 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5498 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5499 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5500 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5501 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5502 } 5503 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5504 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5505 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5506 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5507 5508 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5509 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5510 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5511 *ppPage = 0; 5512 return rc; 5513 } 5514 } 5515 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5516 void *pData = 0; 5517 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5518 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5519 ); 5520 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5521 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5522 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5523 } 5524 if( pPg==0 ){ 5525 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5526 }else{ 5527 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5528 } 5529 if( pPg ){ 5530 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5531 *ppPage = pPg; 5532 return SQLITE_OK; 5533 } 5534 } 5535 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5536 *ppPage = 0; 5537 return rc; 5538 } 5539 } 5540 return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5541 } 5542 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ 5543 5544 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ 5545 static int getPageError( 5546 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5547 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5548 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5549 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5550 ){ 5551 UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); 5552 UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); 5553 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 5554 *ppPage = 0; 5555 return pPager->errCode; 5556 } 5557 5558 5559 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. 5560 */ 5561 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5562 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5563 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5564 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5565 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5566 ){ 5567 return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); 5568 } 5569 5570 /* 5571 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5572 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5573 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5574 ** 5575 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5576 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5577 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5578 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5579 ** has ever happened. 5580 */ 5581 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5582 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5583 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5584 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5585 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5586 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5587 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5588 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5589 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5590 } 5591 5592 /* 5593 ** Release a page reference. 5594 ** 5595 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5596 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5597 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5598 ** removed. 5599 */ 5600 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5601 Pager *pPager; 5602 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5603 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5604 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5605 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5606 }else{ 5607 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5608 } 5609 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5610 } 5611 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5612 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5613 } 5614 5615 /* 5616 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5617 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5618 ** file when this routine is called. 5619 ** 5620 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5621 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5622 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5623 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5624 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5625 ** 5626 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5627 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5628 ** already open file. 5629 ** 5630 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5631 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5632 ** 5633 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5634 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5635 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5636 */ 5637 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5638 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5639 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5640 5641 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5642 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5643 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5644 5645 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5646 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5647 ** an error state. */ 5648 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5649 5650 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5651 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5652 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5653 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5654 } 5655 5656 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5657 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5658 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5659 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5660 }else{ 5661 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5662 int nSpill; 5663 5664 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5665 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5666 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5667 }else{ 5668 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5669 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5670 } 5671 5672 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5673 ** it was originally opened. */ 5674 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5675 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5676 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5677 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5678 ); 5679 } 5680 } 5681 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5682 } 5683 5684 5685 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5686 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5687 */ 5688 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5689 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5690 pPager->nRec = 0; 5691 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5692 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5693 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5694 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5695 } 5696 } 5697 5698 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5699 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5700 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5701 }else{ 5702 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5703 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5704 } 5705 5706 return rc; 5707 } 5708 5709 /* 5710 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5711 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5712 ** 5713 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5714 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5715 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5716 ** functions need be called. 5717 ** 5718 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5719 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5720 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5721 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5722 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5723 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5724 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5725 */ 5726 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5727 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5728 5729 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5730 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5731 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5732 5733 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5734 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5735 5736 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5737 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5738 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5739 */ 5740 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5741 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5742 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5743 return rc; 5744 } 5745 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5746 } 5747 5748 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5749 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5750 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5751 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5752 */ 5753 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5754 }else{ 5755 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5756 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5757 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5758 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5759 */ 5760 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5761 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5762 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5763 } 5764 } 5765 5766 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5767 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5768 ** 5769 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5770 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5771 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5772 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5773 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5774 ** WAL mode. 5775 */ 5776 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5777 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5778 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5779 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5780 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5781 } 5782 5783 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5784 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5785 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5786 } 5787 5788 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5789 return rc; 5790 } 5791 5792 /* 5793 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5794 */ 5795 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5796 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5797 int rc; 5798 u32 cksum; 5799 char *pData2; 5800 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5801 5802 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5803 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5804 ** that we do not. */ 5805 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5806 5807 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5808 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5809 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5810 5811 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5812 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5813 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5814 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5815 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5816 ** then corruption may follow. 5817 */ 5818 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5819 5820 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5821 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5822 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5823 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5824 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5825 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5826 5827 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5828 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5829 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5830 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5831 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5832 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5833 5834 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5835 pPager->nRec++; 5836 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5837 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5838 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5839 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5840 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5841 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5842 return rc; 5843 } 5844 5845 /* 5846 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5847 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5848 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5849 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5850 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5851 */ 5852 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5853 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5854 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5855 5856 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5857 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5858 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5859 */ 5860 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5861 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5862 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5863 ); 5864 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5865 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5866 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5867 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5868 5869 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5870 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5871 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5872 ** 5873 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5874 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5875 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5876 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5877 */ 5878 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5879 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5880 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5881 } 5882 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5883 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5884 5885 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5886 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5887 5888 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5889 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5890 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5891 */ 5892 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5893 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5894 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5895 ){ 5896 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5897 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5898 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5899 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5900 return rc; 5901 } 5902 }else{ 5903 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5904 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5905 } 5906 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5907 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5908 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5909 } 5910 } 5911 5912 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5913 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5914 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5915 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5916 */ 5917 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5918 5919 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5920 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5921 */ 5922 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5923 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5924 } 5925 5926 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5927 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5928 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5929 } 5930 return rc; 5931 } 5932 5933 /* 5934 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5935 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5936 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5937 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5938 ** a write. 5939 ** 5940 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5941 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5942 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5943 */ 5944 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5945 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5946 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5947 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5948 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5949 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5950 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5951 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5952 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5953 5954 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5955 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5956 ** this function. 5957 */ 5958 assert( !MEMDB ); 5959 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5960 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5961 5962 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5963 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5964 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5965 */ 5966 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5967 5968 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5969 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5970 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5971 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5972 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5973 }else{ 5974 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5975 } 5976 assert(nPage>0); 5977 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5978 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5979 5980 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5981 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5982 PgHdr *pPage; 5983 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5984 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5985 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 5986 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5987 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5988 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5989 needSync = 1; 5990 } 5991 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5992 } 5993 } 5994 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5995 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5996 needSync = 1; 5997 } 5998 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5999 } 6000 } 6001 6002 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 6003 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 6004 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 6005 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 6006 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 6007 */ 6008 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 6009 assert( !MEMDB ); 6010 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 6011 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 6012 if( pPage ){ 6013 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6014 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 6015 } 6016 } 6017 } 6018 6019 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 6020 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 6021 return rc; 6022 } 6023 6024 /* 6025 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 6026 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 6027 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 6028 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 6029 ** 6030 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 6031 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 6032 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 6033 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 6034 ** 6035 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 6036 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6037 */ 6038 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6039 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6040 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 6041 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6042 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6043 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 6044 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 6045 return SQLITE_OK; 6046 }else if( pPager->errCode ){ 6047 return pPager->errCode; 6048 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 6049 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 6050 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 6051 }else{ 6052 return pager_write(pPg); 6053 } 6054 } 6055 6056 /* 6057 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 6058 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 6059 ** to change the content of the page. 6060 */ 6061 #ifndef NDEBUG 6062 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 6063 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6064 } 6065 #endif 6066 6067 /* 6068 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 6069 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 6070 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 6071 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 6072 ** content no longer matters. 6073 ** 6074 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 6075 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 6076 ** that it does not get written to disk. 6077 ** 6078 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 6079 ** DELETE operations. 6080 ** 6081 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 6082 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 6083 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 6084 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 6085 ** current transaction is rolled back. 6086 */ 6087 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6088 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6089 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6090 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6091 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6092 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6093 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6094 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6095 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6096 } 6097 } 6098 6099 /* 6100 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6101 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6102 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6103 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6104 ** 6105 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6106 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6107 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6108 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6109 ** 6110 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6111 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6112 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6113 ** transaction is committed. 6114 ** 6115 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6116 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6117 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6118 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6119 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6120 */ 6121 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6122 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6123 6124 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6125 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6126 ); 6127 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6128 6129 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6130 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6131 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6132 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6133 ** 6134 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6135 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6136 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6137 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6138 */ 6139 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6140 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6141 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6142 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6143 #else 6144 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6145 #endif 6146 6147 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6148 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6149 6150 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6151 6152 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6153 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6154 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6155 6156 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6157 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6158 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6159 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6160 */ 6161 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6162 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6163 } 6164 6165 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6166 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6167 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6168 6169 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6170 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6171 const void *zBuf; 6172 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6173 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6174 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6175 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6176 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6177 } 6178 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6179 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6180 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6181 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6182 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6183 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6184 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6185 } 6186 }else{ 6187 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6188 } 6189 } 6190 6191 /* Release the page reference. */ 6192 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6193 } 6194 return rc; 6195 } 6196 6197 /* 6198 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6199 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6200 ** 6201 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6202 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6203 */ 6204 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6205 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6206 6207 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6208 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6209 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6210 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6211 } 6212 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6213 assert( !MEMDB ); 6214 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6215 } 6216 return rc; 6217 } 6218 6219 /* 6220 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6221 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6222 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6223 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6224 ** 6225 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6226 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6227 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6228 ** returned. 6229 */ 6230 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6231 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6232 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6233 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6234 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6235 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6236 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6237 ); 6238 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6239 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6240 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6241 } 6242 } 6243 return rc; 6244 } 6245 6246 /* 6247 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6248 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6249 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6250 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6251 ** 6252 ** This routine ensures that: 6253 ** 6254 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6255 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6256 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6257 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6258 ** * the database file synced. 6259 ** 6260 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6261 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6262 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6263 ** 6264 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6265 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6266 ** 6267 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6268 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6269 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6270 ** journal file in this case. 6271 */ 6272 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6273 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6274 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6275 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6276 ){ 6277 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6278 6279 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6280 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6281 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6282 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6283 ); 6284 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6285 6286 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6287 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6288 6289 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6290 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6291 6292 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6293 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6294 6295 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6296 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6297 6298 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6299 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6300 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6301 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6302 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6303 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6304 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6305 }else{ 6306 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6307 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6308 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6309 if( pList==0 ){ 6310 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6311 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6312 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6313 pList = pPageOne; 6314 pList->pDirty = 0; 6315 } 6316 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6317 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6318 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6319 } 6320 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6321 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6322 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6323 } 6324 }else{ 6325 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6326 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6327 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6328 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6329 ** 6330 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6331 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6332 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6333 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6334 ** 6335 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6336 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6337 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6338 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6339 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6340 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6341 ** mode. 6342 ** 6343 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6344 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6345 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6346 ** created for this transaction. 6347 */ 6348 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6349 PgHdr *pPg; 6350 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6351 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6352 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6353 ); 6354 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6355 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6356 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6357 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6358 ){ 6359 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6360 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6361 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6362 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6363 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6364 */ 6365 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6366 }else{ 6367 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6368 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6369 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6370 } 6371 } 6372 #else 6373 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6374 #endif 6375 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6376 6377 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6378 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6379 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6380 */ 6381 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6382 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6383 6384 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6385 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6386 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6387 ** 6388 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6389 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6390 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6391 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6392 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6393 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6394 */ 6395 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6396 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6397 6398 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6399 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6400 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6401 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6402 } 6403 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6404 6405 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6406 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6407 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6408 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6409 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6410 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6411 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6412 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6413 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6414 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6415 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6416 } 6417 6418 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6419 if( !noSync ){ 6420 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6421 } 6422 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6423 } 6424 } 6425 6426 commit_phase_one_exit: 6427 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6428 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6429 } 6430 return rc; 6431 } 6432 6433 6434 /* 6435 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6436 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6437 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6438 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6439 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6440 ** 6441 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6442 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6443 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6444 ** irrevocably committed. 6445 ** 6446 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6447 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6448 */ 6449 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6450 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6451 6452 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6453 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6454 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6455 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6456 6457 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6458 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6459 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6460 ); 6461 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6462 6463 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6464 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6465 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6466 ** 6467 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6468 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6469 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6470 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6471 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6472 ** to drop any locks either. 6473 */ 6474 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6475 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6476 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6477 ){ 6478 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6479 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6480 return SQLITE_OK; 6481 } 6482 6483 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6484 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6485 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6486 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6487 } 6488 6489 /* 6490 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6491 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6492 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6493 ** state if an error occurs. 6494 ** 6495 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6496 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6497 ** 6498 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6499 ** 6500 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6501 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6502 ** was opened, and 6503 ** 6504 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6505 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6506 ** 6507 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6508 ** rollback is successful. 6509 ** 6510 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6511 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6512 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6513 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6514 */ 6515 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6516 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6517 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6518 6519 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6520 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6521 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6522 */ 6523 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6524 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6525 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6526 6527 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6528 int rc2; 6529 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6530 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6531 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6532 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6533 int eState = pPager->eState; 6534 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6535 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6536 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6537 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6538 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6539 */ 6540 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6541 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6542 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6543 return rc; 6544 } 6545 }else{ 6546 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6547 } 6548 6549 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6550 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6551 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6552 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6553 ); 6554 6555 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6556 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6557 */ 6558 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6559 } 6560 6561 /* 6562 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6563 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6564 */ 6565 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6566 return pPager->readOnly; 6567 } 6568 6569 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6570 /* 6571 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6572 */ 6573 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6574 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6575 } 6576 #endif 6577 6578 /* 6579 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6580 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6581 */ 6582 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6583 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6584 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6585 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6586 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6587 + pPager->pageSize; 6588 } 6589 6590 /* 6591 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6592 */ 6593 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6594 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6595 } 6596 6597 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6598 /* 6599 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6600 */ 6601 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6602 static int a[11]; 6603 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6604 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6605 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6606 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6607 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6608 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6609 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6610 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6611 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6612 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6613 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6614 return a; 6615 } 6616 #endif 6617 6618 /* 6619 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6620 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6621 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6622 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6623 ** returning. 6624 */ 6625 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6626 6627 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6628 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6629 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6630 ); 6631 6632 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6633 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6634 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6635 6636 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6637 if( reset ){ 6638 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6639 } 6640 } 6641 6642 /* 6643 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6644 */ 6645 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6646 return pPager->tempFile; 6647 } 6648 6649 /* 6650 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6651 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6652 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6653 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6654 ** 6655 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6656 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6657 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6658 */ 6659 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6660 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6661 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6662 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6663 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6664 6665 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6666 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6667 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6668 6669 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6670 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6671 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6672 */ 6673 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6674 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6675 ); 6676 if( !aNew ){ 6677 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6678 } 6679 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6680 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6681 6682 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6683 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6684 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6685 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6686 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6687 }else{ 6688 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6689 } 6690 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6691 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6692 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6693 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6694 } 6695 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6696 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6697 } 6698 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6699 } 6700 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6701 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6702 return rc; 6703 } 6704 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6705 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6706 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6707 6708 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6709 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6710 }else{ 6711 return SQLITE_OK; 6712 } 6713 } 6714 6715 6716 /* 6717 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6718 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6719 ** created savepoint. 6720 ** 6721 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6722 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6723 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6724 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6725 ** 6726 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6727 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6728 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6729 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6730 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6731 ** 6732 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6733 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6734 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6735 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6736 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6737 ** 6738 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6739 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6740 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6741 ** 6742 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6743 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6744 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6745 */ 6746 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6747 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6748 6749 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6750 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6751 #endif 6752 6753 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6754 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6755 6756 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6757 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6758 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6759 6760 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6761 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6762 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6763 */ 6764 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6765 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6766 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6767 } 6768 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6769 6770 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6771 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6772 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6773 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6774 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6775 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6776 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6777 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6778 } 6779 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6780 } 6781 } 6782 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6783 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6784 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6785 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6786 */ 6787 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6788 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6789 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6790 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6791 } 6792 6793 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6794 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6795 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6796 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6797 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6798 else if( 6799 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6800 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6801 ){ 6802 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6803 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6804 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6805 } 6806 #endif 6807 } 6808 6809 return rc; 6810 } 6811 6812 /* 6813 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6814 ** 6815 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6816 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6817 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6818 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6819 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6820 ** participate in shared-cache. 6821 */ 6822 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6823 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6824 } 6825 6826 /* 6827 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6828 */ 6829 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6830 return pPager->pVfs; 6831 } 6832 6833 /* 6834 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6835 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6836 ** not yet been opened. 6837 */ 6838 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6839 return pPager->fd; 6840 } 6841 6842 /* 6843 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6844 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6845 */ 6846 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6847 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6848 return pPager->jfd; 6849 #else 6850 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6851 #endif 6852 } 6853 6854 /* 6855 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6856 */ 6857 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6858 return pPager->zJournal; 6859 } 6860 6861 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6862 /* 6863 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6864 */ 6865 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6866 Pager *pPager, 6867 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6868 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6869 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6870 void *pCodec 6871 ){ 6872 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6873 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6874 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6875 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6876 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6877 setGetterMethod(pPager); 6878 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6879 } 6880 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6881 return pPager->pCodec; 6882 } 6883 6884 /* 6885 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6886 ** into the log file. 6887 ** 6888 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6889 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6890 */ 6891 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6892 void *aData = 0; 6893 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6894 return aData; 6895 } 6896 6897 /* 6898 ** Return the current pager state 6899 */ 6900 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6901 return pPager->eState; 6902 } 6903 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6904 6905 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6906 /* 6907 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6908 ** 6909 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6910 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6911 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6912 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6913 ** 6914 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6915 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6916 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6917 ** 6918 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6919 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6920 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6921 ** transaction is active). 6922 ** 6923 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6924 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6925 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6926 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6927 ** 6928 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6929 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6930 */ 6931 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6932 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6933 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6934 int rc; /* Return code */ 6935 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6936 6937 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6938 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6939 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6940 ); 6941 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6942 6943 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6944 ** the page we are moving from. 6945 */ 6946 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 6947 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6948 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6949 if( rc ) return rc; 6950 } 6951 6952 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6953 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6954 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6955 ** 6956 ** BEGIN; 6957 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6958 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6959 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6960 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6961 ** 6962 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6963 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6964 ** statement were is processed. 6965 ** 6966 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6967 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6968 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6969 */ 6970 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6971 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6972 ){ 6973 return rc; 6974 } 6975 6976 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6977 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6978 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6979 6980 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6981 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6982 ** 6983 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6984 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6985 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6986 */ 6987 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6988 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6989 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6990 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6991 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6992 } 6993 6994 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6995 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6996 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6997 ** for the page moved there. 6998 */ 6999 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7000 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 7001 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 7002 if( pPgOld ){ 7003 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 7004 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 7005 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 7006 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 7007 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 7008 }else{ 7009 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 7010 } 7011 } 7012 7013 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 7014 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 7015 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 7016 7017 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 7018 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 7019 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 7020 */ 7021 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 7022 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 7023 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 7024 } 7025 7026 if( needSyncPgno ){ 7027 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 7028 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 7029 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 7030 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 7031 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 7032 ** flag. 7033 ** 7034 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 7035 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 7036 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 7037 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 7038 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 7039 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 7040 */ 7041 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 7042 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 7043 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7044 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 7045 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 7046 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 7047 } 7048 return rc; 7049 } 7050 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 7051 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 7052 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 7053 } 7054 7055 return SQLITE_OK; 7056 } 7057 #endif 7058 7059 /* 7060 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 7061 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 7062 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 7063 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 7064 */ 7065 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 7066 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 7067 pPg->flags = flags; 7068 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 7069 } 7070 7071 /* 7072 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 7073 */ 7074 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 7075 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 7076 return pPg->pData; 7077 } 7078 7079 /* 7080 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 7081 ** allocated along with the specified page. 7082 */ 7083 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 7084 return pPg->pExtra; 7085 } 7086 7087 /* 7088 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 7089 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7090 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7091 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7092 ** 7093 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7094 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7095 ** locking-mode. 7096 */ 7097 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7098 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7099 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7100 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7101 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7102 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7103 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7104 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7105 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7106 } 7107 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7108 } 7109 7110 /* 7111 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7112 ** 7113 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7114 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7115 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7116 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7117 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7118 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7119 ** 7120 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7121 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7122 ** 7123 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7124 ** or _MEMORY. 7125 ** 7126 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7127 ** 7128 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7129 */ 7130 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7131 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7132 7133 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7134 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7135 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7136 print_pager_state(pPager); 7137 #endif 7138 7139 7140 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7141 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7142 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7143 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7144 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7145 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7146 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7147 7148 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7149 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7150 ** to WAL mode. 7151 */ 7152 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7153 7154 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7155 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7156 */ 7157 if( MEMDB ){ 7158 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7159 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7160 eMode = eOld; 7161 } 7162 } 7163 7164 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7165 7166 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7167 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7168 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7169 7170 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7171 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7172 ** delete the journal file. 7173 */ 7174 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7175 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7176 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7177 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7178 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7179 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7180 7181 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7182 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7183 7184 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7185 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7186 ** here is an optimization only. 7187 ** 7188 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7189 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7190 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7191 */ 7192 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7193 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7194 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7195 }else{ 7196 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7197 int state = pPager->eState; 7198 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7199 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7200 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7201 } 7202 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7203 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7204 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7205 } 7206 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7207 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7208 } 7209 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7210 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7211 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7212 pager_unlock(pPager); 7213 } 7214 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7215 } 7216 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7217 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7218 } 7219 } 7220 7221 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7222 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7223 } 7224 7225 /* 7226 ** Return the current journal mode. 7227 */ 7228 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7229 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7230 } 7231 7232 /* 7233 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7234 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7235 ** is unmodified. 7236 */ 7237 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7238 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7239 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7240 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7241 return 1; 7242 } 7243 7244 /* 7245 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7246 ** 7247 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7248 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7249 */ 7250 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7251 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7252 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7253 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7254 } 7255 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7256 } 7257 7258 /* 7259 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7260 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7261 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7262 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7263 */ 7264 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7265 return &pPager->pBackup; 7266 } 7267 7268 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7269 /* 7270 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7271 */ 7272 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7273 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7274 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7275 } 7276 #endif 7277 7278 7279 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7280 /* 7281 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7282 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7283 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7284 ** 7285 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7286 */ 7287 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( 7288 Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ 7289 sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ 7290 int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ 7291 int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ 7292 int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ 7293 ){ 7294 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7295 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7296 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, 7297 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7298 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7299 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7300 pnLog, pnCkpt 7301 ); 7302 } 7303 return rc; 7304 } 7305 7306 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7307 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7308 } 7309 7310 /* 7311 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7312 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7313 */ 7314 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7315 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7316 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7317 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7318 } 7319 7320 /* 7321 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7322 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7323 */ 7324 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7325 int rc; /* Return code */ 7326 7327 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7328 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7329 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7330 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7331 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7332 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7333 } 7334 7335 return rc; 7336 } 7337 7338 /* 7339 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7340 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7341 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7342 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7343 */ 7344 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7345 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7346 7347 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7348 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7349 7350 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7351 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7352 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7353 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7354 */ 7355 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7356 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7357 } 7358 7359 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7360 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7361 */ 7362 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7363 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7364 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7365 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7366 ); 7367 } 7368 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7369 7370 return rc; 7371 } 7372 7373 7374 /* 7375 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7376 ** this function. 7377 ** 7378 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7379 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7380 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7381 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7382 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7383 ** not modified in either case. 7384 ** 7385 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7386 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7387 ** without doing anything. 7388 */ 7389 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7390 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7391 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7392 ){ 7393 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7394 7395 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7396 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7397 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7398 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7399 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7400 7401 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7402 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7403 7404 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7405 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7406 7407 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7408 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7409 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7410 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7411 } 7412 }else{ 7413 *pbOpen = 1; 7414 } 7415 7416 return rc; 7417 } 7418 7419 /* 7420 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7421 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7422 ** 7423 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7424 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7425 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7426 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7427 */ 7428 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ 7429 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7430 7431 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7432 7433 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7434 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7435 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7436 */ 7437 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7438 int logexists = 0; 7439 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7440 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7441 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7442 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7443 ); 7444 } 7445 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7446 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7447 } 7448 } 7449 7450 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7451 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7452 */ 7453 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7454 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7455 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7456 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7457 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7458 pPager->pWal = 0; 7459 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7460 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 return rc; 7464 } 7465 7466 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7467 /* 7468 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7469 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7470 */ 7471 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7472 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7473 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7474 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7475 } 7476 return rc; 7477 } 7478 7479 /* 7480 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7481 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7482 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7483 */ 7484 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7485 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7486 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7487 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7488 }else{ 7489 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7490 } 7491 return rc; 7492 } 7493 7494 /* 7495 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this 7496 ** is not a WAL database, return an error. 7497 */ 7498 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ 7499 int rc; 7500 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7501 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); 7502 }else{ 7503 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7504 } 7505 return rc; 7506 } 7507 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7508 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7509 7510 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7511 /* 7512 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7513 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7514 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7515 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7516 ** is empty, return 0. 7517 */ 7518 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7519 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7520 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7521 } 7522 #endif 7523 7524 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7525